flash: erase_address now has an unlock option
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles. which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About JIM-Tcl
507 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
508 @cindex JIM Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521
522 @itemize @bullet
523 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
524 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
525 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
526 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
527 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
528 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
529
530 @item @b{Missing Features}
531 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
532 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
533
534 @item @b{Scripts}
535 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
536 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
537 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
538
539 @item @b{Commands}
540 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
541 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
542 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
543 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
544
545 @item @b{Historical Note}
546 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
547
548 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
549 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
550 @end itemize
551
552 @node Running
553 @chapter Running
554 @cindex command line options
555 @cindex logfile
556 @cindex directory search
557
558 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
559 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
560 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
561 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
562 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
563
564 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
565 tell it how each debug session should work.
566 The @option{--help} option shows:
567 @verbatim
568 bash$ openocd --help
569
570 --help | -h display this help
571 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
572 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
573 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
574 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
575 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
576 --command | -c run <command>
577 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
578 @end verbatim
579
580 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
581 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
582 To specify one or more different
583 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
584
585 @example
586 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
587 @end example
588
589 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
590 @enumerate
591 @item the current directory,
592 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
593 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
594 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
595 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
596 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
597 @end enumerate
598 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
599
600 @quotation Note
601 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
602 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
603 @end quotation
604
605 @section Simple setup, no customization
606
607 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
608 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
609 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
610 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
611 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
612
613 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
614 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
615 the server like:
616
617 @example
618 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
619 @end example
620
621 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
622 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
623 If all goes well you'll see output something like
624
625 @example
626 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
627 For bug reports, read
628 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
629 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
630 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
631 @end example
632
633 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
634 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
635 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
636
637 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
638
639 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
640 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
641 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
642 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
643 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
644 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
645 ensure that this always succeeds.
646 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
647 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
648 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
649 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
650
651 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
652 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
653 those channels.
654
655 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
656 the @option{-d} option.
657
658 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
659 @option{-c} command line switch.
660
661 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
662 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
663 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
664 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
665 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
666 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
667 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
668
669 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
670 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
671
672 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
673
674 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
675 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
676 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
677 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
678
679 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
680 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
681
682 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
683 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
684 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
685 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
686 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
687 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
688 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
689
690 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
691
692 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
693 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
694 and a USB cable on the other.
695 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
696 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
697
698 @enumerate
699 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
700 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
701 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
702 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
703 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
704 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
705 debugging host.
706
707 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
708 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
709 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
710 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
711 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
712
713 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
714 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
715 with 1.2 Volt boards.
716
717 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
718 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
719 ways to connect the cable.
720 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
721 Be sure it's firmly connected.
722
723 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
724 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
725 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
726 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
727 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
728 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
729 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
730 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
731
732 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
733 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
734 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
735 but are tedious to set up.
736 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
737 adapter signals to the right board pins.
738
739 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
740 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
741 you are using to run OpenOCD.
742 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
743
744 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
745 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
746 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
747
748 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
749 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
750 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
751
752 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
753 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
754 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
755 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
756
757 @end enumerate
758
759 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
760 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
761 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
762
763 @section Project Directory
764
765 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
766
767 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
768 single directory for your work with a given board.
769 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
770 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
771 files accessed through semihosting,
772 and for code you upload to the target board.
773 It is also the natural place to write files,
774 such as log files and data you download from the board.
775
776 @section Configuration Basics
777
778 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
779 a variety of ways you can mix them.
780 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
781
782 @itemize
783 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
784 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
785 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
786 @end itemize
787
788 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
789 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
790 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
791
792 @example
793 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
794
795 # GDB can also flash my flash!
796 gdb_memory_map enable
797 gdb_flash_program enable
798
799 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
800 @end example
801
802 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
803
804 @example
805 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
806 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
807 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
808 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
809 @end example
810
811 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
812 each supporting a different development task.
813 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
814 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
815
816 @quotation Important
817 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
818 problems with how it treats variables.
819 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
820 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
821 that can be tested in a later script.
822 @end quotation
823
824 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
825 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
826 to simplify your work.
827
828 @section User Config Files
829 @cindex config file, user
830 @cindex user config file
831 @cindex config file, overview
832
833 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
834 in one place.
835 One of the following will match your situation best:
836
837 @itemize
838 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
839 provided by someone else.
840 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
841 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
842 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
843 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
844 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
845 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
846
847 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
848 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
849
850 @enumerate
851 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
852 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
853 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
854 @end enumerate
855
856 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
857 The first is an interface config file.
858 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
859 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
860 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
861 meet your deadline:
862
863 @example
864 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
865 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
866 @end example
867
868 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
869 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
870 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
871 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
872
873 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
874 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
875 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
876 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
877 target and board
878 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
879 @xref{Autoprobing}.
880
881 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
882 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
883 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
884 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
885
886 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
887 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
888 giving access to your particular flash chips.
889 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
890 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
891
892 @quotation Note
893 When you write new configuration files, please submit
894 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
895 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
896 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
897 will help support users of any board using that chip.
898 @end quotation
899
900 @item
901 You may may need to write some C code.
902 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
903 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
904 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
905 a new chip architecture.
906 @end itemize
907
908 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
909 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
910 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
911
912 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
913 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
914 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
915 @itemize
916
917 @item
918 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
919 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
920 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
921 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
922
923 @item
924 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
925 @cindex vector_catch
926 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
927 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
928 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
929 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
930 along with messaging and tracing setup.
931 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
932
933 @item
934 You might need to override some defaults.
935 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
936 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
937
938 @item
939 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
940 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
941 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
942 @end itemize
943
944 @section Project-Specific Utilities
945
946 A few project-specific utility
947 routines may well speed up your work.
948 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
949
950 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
951 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
952 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
953 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
954 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
955 may help:
956
957 @example
958 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
959 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
960 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
961 # Leave the CPU halted.
962 reset init
963
964 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
965 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
966
967 # Start running.
968 resume 0x20000000
969 @}
970 @end example
971
972 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
973 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
974 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
975 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
976 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
977
978 @example
979 proc newboot @{ @} @{
980 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
981 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
982 # "reset halt" would be slower.
983 reset init
984
985 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
986 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
987 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
988 flash protect 0 0 1 off
989 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
990 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
991 flash protect 0 0 1 on
992
993 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
994 reset run
995 @}
996 @end example
997
998 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
999 from NAND.
1000 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1001 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1002 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1003
1004 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1005 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1006
1007 @section Target Software Changes
1008
1009 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1010 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1011 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1012 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1013 handling issues like:
1014
1015 @itemize @bullet
1016
1017 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1018 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1019 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1020 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1021 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1022 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1023 your debug sessions.
1024
1025 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1026 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1027 That might however be your only option.
1028
1029 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1030 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1031 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1032 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1033 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1034 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1035 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1036 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1037 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1038 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1039 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1040 instead of the whole thing.
1041 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1042 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1043
1044 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1045 @cindex ARM semihosting
1046 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1047 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1048 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1049 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1050 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1051 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1052 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1053 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1054 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1055 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1056 NAND or SPI flash.
1057
1058 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1059 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1060 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1061 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1062 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1063
1064 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1065 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1066 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1067 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1068 registers which can be used to change various features including
1069 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1070 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1071 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1072 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1073 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1074
1075 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1076 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1077 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1078 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1079 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1080
1081 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1082 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1083 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1084 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1085 early code execution can be debugged
1086 or firmware can be replaced.
1087
1088 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1089 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1090 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1091 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1092 operations like writing to memory.)
1093
1094 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1095 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1096 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1097 various kinds of message.
1098 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1099
1100 @end itemize
1101
1102 @section Target Hardware Setup
1103
1104 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1105 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1106 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1107 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1108 working with.}
1109
1110 Common issues include:
1111
1112 @itemize @bullet
1113
1114 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1115 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1116 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1117 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1118 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1119 or one from a daughtercard).
1120 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1121 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1122
1123 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1124 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1125 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1126 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1127 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1128 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1129
1130 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1131 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1132 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1133 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1134 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1135
1136
1137 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1138 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1139 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1140 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1141 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1142 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1143 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1144
1145 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1146 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1147 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1148 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1149 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1150
1151 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1152 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1153 used to start booting.
1154
1155 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1156 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1157 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1158 multiple audio codec chips).
1159 This interacts with software
1160 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1161 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1162 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1163 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1164 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1165 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1166 audio or video codecs are used.
1167
1168 @end itemize
1169
1170 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1171 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1172 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1173 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1174 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1175 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1176 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1177 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1178 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1179 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1180
1181
1182 @node Config File Guidelines
1183 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1184
1185 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1186 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1187 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1188 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1189
1190 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1191 with files including the ones listed here.
1192 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1193 @itemize @bullet
1194 @item @file{interface} ...
1195 These are for debug adapters.
1196 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1197 @example
1198 $ ls interface
1199 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1200 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1201 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1202 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1203 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1204 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1205 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1206 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1207 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1208 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1209 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1210 $
1211 @end example
1212 @item @file{board} ...
1213 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1214 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1215 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1216 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1217 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1218 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1219 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1220 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1221 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1222 a CPU and an FPGA.
1223 @example
1224 $ ls board
1225 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1226 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1227 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1228 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1229 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1230 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1231 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1232 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1233 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1234 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1235 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1236 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1237 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1238 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1239 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1240 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1241 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1242 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1243 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1244 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1245 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1246 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1247 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1248 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1249 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1250 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1251 $
1252 @end example
1253 @item @file{target} ...
1254 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1255 on a chip
1256 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1257 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1258 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1259 the target config file defines all of them.
1260 @example
1261 $ ls target
1262 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1263 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1264 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1265 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1266 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1267 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1268 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1269 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1270 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1271 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1272 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1273 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1274 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1275 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1276 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1277 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1278 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1279 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1280 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1281 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1282 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1283 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1284 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1285 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1286 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1287 $
1288 @end example
1289 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1290 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1291 @end itemize
1292
1293 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1294 file may override features in any of the above files by
1295 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1296 commands specific to their situation.
1297
1298 @section Interface Config Files
1299
1300 The user config file
1301 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1302
1303 @example
1304 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1305 @end example
1306
1307 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1308 in use today with OpenOCD.
1309 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1310 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1311
1312 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1313 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1314 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1315 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1316 and need to provide a driver for it.
1317
1318 @section Board Config Files
1319 @cindex config file, board
1320 @cindex board config file
1321
1322 The user config file
1323 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1324
1325 @example
1326 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1327 @end example
1328
1329 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1330 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1331 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1332
1333 @enumerate
1334 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1335 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1336 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1337 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1338 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1339 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1340 @end enumerate
1341
1342 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1343 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1344 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1345 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1346
1347 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1348 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1349 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1350 configuration works.
1351
1352 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1353
1354 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1355 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1356 convention on how to use certain variables.
1357
1358 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1359 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1360 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1361 used at will within a target configuration file.
1362
1363 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1364 for a board with three chips:
1365
1366 @example
1367 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1368 set CHIPNAME network
1369 set ENDIAN big
1370 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1371 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1372 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1373 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1374
1375 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1376 set CHIPNAME video
1377 set ENDIAN little
1378 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1379 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1380 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1381 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1382
1383 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1384 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1385 unset ENDIAN
1386 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1387 @end example
1388
1389 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1390 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1391 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1392 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1393 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1394 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1395 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1396 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1397
1398 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1399 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1400 naming collisions.
1401
1402 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1403 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1404 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1405 up other clocks and peripherals.
1406
1407 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1408 @cindex variable names
1409
1410 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1411 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1412 one such chip (as shown above).
1413 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1414 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1415 to promote consistency and
1416 so that board files can override target defaults.
1417
1418 Inputs to target config files include:
1419
1420 @itemize @bullet
1421 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1422 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1423 tap identifier dotted names.
1424 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1425 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1426 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1427 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1428 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1429 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1430 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1431 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1432 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1433 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1434 @end itemize
1435
1436 Outputs from target config files include:
1437
1438 @itemize @bullet
1439 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1440 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1441 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1442 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1443 specific to that board and that target.
1444 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1445 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1446 @end itemize
1447
1448 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1449 @cindex event, reset-init
1450 @cindex reset-init handler
1451
1452 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1453 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1454 fully set up yet.
1455 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1456 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1457 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1458 handler is one of the most important.
1459
1460 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1461 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1462 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1463 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1464 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1465
1466 @quotation Note
1467 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1468 are included here.
1469 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1470 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1471 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1472 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1473 @end quotation
1474
1475 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1476 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1477 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1478 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1479 those as parameters.
1480 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1481 and disabling the watchdog.
1482 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1483 the next developer doing such work.
1484 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1485
1486 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1487 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1488 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1489 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1490
1491 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1492
1493 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1494 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1495 a low JTAG clock rate.
1496 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1497 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1498 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1499 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1500 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1501 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1502 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1503
1504 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1505 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1506 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1507 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1508 which might be less than that.
1509
1510 @quotation Warning
1511 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1512 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1513 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1514 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1515 @end quotation
1516
1517 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1518 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1519 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1520 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1521 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1522 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1523
1524 @section Target Config Files
1525 @cindex config file, target
1526 @cindex target config file
1527
1528 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1529 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1530 more target config files like this:
1531
1532 @example
1533 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1534 @end example
1535
1536 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1537 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1538 In summary the target files should contain
1539
1540 @enumerate
1541 @item Set defaults
1542 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1543 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1544 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1545 @item On-Chip flash
1546 @end enumerate
1547
1548 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1549 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1550 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1551
1552 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1553 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1554 can talk to the chip.
1555 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1556 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1557 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1558 and other processing engines.
1559
1560 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1561
1562 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1563 letting board config files express environment-specific
1564 differences in how things should be set up.
1565
1566 @example
1567 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1568 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1569 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1570 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1571 @} else @{
1572 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1573 @}
1574
1575 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1576 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1577 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1578 @} else @{
1579 set _ENDIAN little
1580 @}
1581
1582 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1583 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1584 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1585 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1586 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1587 @} else @{
1588 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1589 @}
1590 @end example
1591 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1592
1593 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1594 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1595 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1596
1597 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1598 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1599 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1600
1601 @example
1602 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1603 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1604 @end example
1605
1606 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1607 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1608 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1609 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1610 for taps.
1611
1612 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1613 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1614 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1615 looks (in part) like this:
1616
1617 @example
1618 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1619 @end example
1620
1621 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1622 to source such a config file twice, with different
1623 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1624 it adds a different TAP each time.
1625
1626 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1627 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1628 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1629 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1630
1631 @example
1632 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1633 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1634 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1635 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1636 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1637 @end example
1638
1639 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1640 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1641
1642 @itemize
1643 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1644 plus a JRC to enable them
1645 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1646 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1647 is not currently used)
1648 @end itemize
1649
1650 @subsection Add CPU targets
1651
1652 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1653 GDB and other commands can use it.
1654 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1655 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1656 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1657 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1658
1659 @example
1660 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1661 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1662 @end example
1663
1664 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1665 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1666 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1667 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1668 a work area if you can.
1669 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1670
1671 @example
1672 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1673 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1674 @end example
1675
1676 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1677
1678 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1679 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1680 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1681
1682 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1683 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1684 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1685 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1686 both signals.
1687
1688 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1689 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1690 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1691 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1692 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1693 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1694 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1695 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1696 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1697 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1698 not available.)
1699
1700 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1701 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1702 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1703 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1704 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1705 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1706 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1707 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1708
1709 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1710 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1711 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1712 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1713 slower clock than they will use later.
1714 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1715 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1716 than they will use later.
1717 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1718
1719 @quotation Important
1720 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1721 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1722 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1723 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1724 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1725 @end quotation
1726
1727 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1728
1729 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1730 special high speed download features - enable it.
1731
1732 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1733
1734 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1735 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1736 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1737 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1738 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1739 If you are using an external trace port,
1740 configure it in your board config file.
1741 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1742 configure it in your target config file.
1743
1744 @example
1745 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1746 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1747 @end example
1748
1749 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1750
1751 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1752
1753 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1754 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1755 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1756 the TARGET (chip) file.
1757
1758 Examples:
1759 @itemize @bullet
1760 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1761 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1762 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1763 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1764 @end itemize
1765
1766 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1767 @section Translating Configuration Files
1768 @cindex translation
1769 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1770 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1771 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1772 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1773 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1774 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1775
1776 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1777 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1778 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1779 convert other scripts later on.
1780
1781 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1782 replace job:
1783
1784 @example
1785 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1786 #
1787 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1788 #
1789 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1790 #
1791 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1792
1793 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1794 global TARGETNAME
1795
1796 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1797
1798 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1799 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1800 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1801 @}
1802 @end example
1803
1804
1805
1806 @node Daemon Configuration
1807 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1808 @cindex initialization
1809 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1810 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1811 supported.
1812
1813 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1814 @section Configuration Stage
1815 @cindex configuration stage
1816 @cindex config command
1817
1818 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1819 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1820 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1821 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1822 inside startup scripts.
1823
1824 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1825 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1826 which may be issued interactively.
1827 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1828 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1829
1830 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1831 flash banks,
1832 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1833 and other basic setup.
1834 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1835 may access or activate TAPs.
1836 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1837 longer be issued.
1838
1839 @section Entering the Run Stage
1840
1841 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1842 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1843 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1844 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1845 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1846 You should see no errors at this point.
1847 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1848 commands you used to configure the server.
1849 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1850 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1851 on the scan chain.
1852
1853 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1854 become available.
1855 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1856 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1857 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1858 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1859 entry to the run stage.
1860
1861 @deffn {Config Command} init
1862 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1863 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1864 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1865 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1866 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1867 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1868
1869 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1870 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1871 configuration files and/or command line options.
1872
1873 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1874 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1875 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1876 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1877 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1878 @end deffn
1879
1880 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1881 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1882 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1883
1884 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1885 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1886 scan chain.
1887 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1888 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1889
1890 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1891 they return.
1892 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1893 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1894 @end deffn
1895
1896 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1897 @section TCP/IP Ports
1898 @cindex TCP port
1899 @cindex server
1900 @cindex port
1901 @cindex security
1902 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1903 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1904 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1905
1906 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1907 access using one or more of these ports.
1908 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1909 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1910 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1911
1912 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1913 @cindex GDB server
1914 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1915 The GDB port for the
1916 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1917 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1918 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1919 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1920 @end deffn
1921
1922 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1923 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1924 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1925 output from the Tcl engine.
1926 Intended as a machine interface.
1927 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1928 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1929 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1930 @end deffn
1931
1932 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1933 Specify or query the
1934 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1935 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1936 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1937 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1938 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1939 @end deffn
1940
1941 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1942 @section GDB Configuration
1943 @cindex GDB
1944 @cindex GDB configuration
1945 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1946 The ones listed here are static and global.
1947 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1948 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1949
1950 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1951 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1952 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1953 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1954 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1955 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1956 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1957 @end deffn
1958
1959 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1960 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1961 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1962 vFlash packet is received.
1963 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1964 @end deffn
1965
1966 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1967 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1968 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1969 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1970 for flash programming to work.
1971 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1972 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1973 @end deffn
1974
1975 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1976 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1977 by GDB memory read packets.
1978 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1979 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1980 @end deffn
1981
1982 @anchor{Event Polling}
1983 @section Event Polling
1984
1985 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1986 where significant events can happen at any time.
1987 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1988 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1989 or to GDB.
1990
1991 Examples of such events include:
1992
1993 @itemize
1994 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1995 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1996 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1997 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1998 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1999 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2000 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2001 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2002 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2003 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2004 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2005 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2006 @end itemize
2007
2008 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2009 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2010 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2011 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2012 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2013
2014 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2015 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2016 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2017 to the various active targets.
2018 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2019 which is normally done in the background.
2020
2021 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2022 Poll the current target for its current state.
2023 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2024 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2025 specific information about the current state is printed.
2026 An optional parameter
2027 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2028
2029 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2030 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2031 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2032 @example
2033 > poll
2034 background polling: on
2035 target state: halted
2036 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2037 current mode: Supervisor
2038 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2039 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2040 >
2041 @end example
2042 @end deffn
2043
2044 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2045 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2046 @cindex config file, interface
2047 @cindex interface config file
2048
2049 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2050 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2051 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2052
2053 @quotation Note
2054 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2055 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2056 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2057 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2058 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2059 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2060 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2061 @end quotation
2062
2063 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2064 through commands in an interface configuration
2065 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2066 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2067
2068 @example
2069 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2070 @end example
2071
2072 These commands tell
2073 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2074 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2075
2076 @example
2077 # jlink interface
2078 interface jlink
2079 @end example
2080
2081 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2082
2083
2084 @section Interface Configuration
2085
2086 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2087 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2088 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2089
2090 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2091 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2092 target.
2093 @end deffn
2094
2095 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2096 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2097 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2098 @end deffn
2099
2100 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2101 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2102 @end deffn
2103
2104 @section Interface Drivers
2105
2106 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2107 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2108 available at run time.
2109
2110 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2111 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2112 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2113 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2114
2115 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2116 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2117 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2118 @end deffn
2119
2120 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2121 Displays status of RTCK option.
2122 Optionally sets that option first.
2123 @end deffn
2124 @end deffn
2125
2126 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2127 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2128 This has one driver-specific command:
2129
2130 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2131 Logs some status
2132 @end deffn
2133 @end deffn
2134
2135 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2136 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2137 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2138 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2139 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2140 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2141 @end deffn
2142
2143 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2144 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2145 @end deffn
2146
2147 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2148 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2149 @end deffn
2150
2151 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2152 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2153 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2154 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2155
2156 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2157 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2158 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2159 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2160 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2161 @end deffn
2162
2163 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2164 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2165 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2166 is connected to the host.
2167 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2168 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2169 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2170 @end deffn
2171
2172 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2173 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2174 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2175 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2176 @itemize @minus
2177 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2178 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2179 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2180 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2181 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2182 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2183 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2184 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2185 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2186 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2187 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2188 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2189 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2190 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2191 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2192 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2193 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2194 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2195 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2196 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2197 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2198 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2199 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2200 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2201 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2202 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2203 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2204 @end itemize
2205 @end deffn
2206
2207 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2208 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2209 default values are used.
2210 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2211 @example
2212 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2213 @end example
2214 @end deffn
2215
2216 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2217 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2218 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2219 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2220 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2221 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2222 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2223 @end deffn
2224
2225 For example, the interface config file for a
2226 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2227
2228 @example
2229 interface ft2232
2230 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2231 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2232 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2233 @end example
2234 @end deffn
2235
2236 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2237 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2238 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2239 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2240
2241 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2242 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2243 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2244 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2245 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2246 @end deffn
2247
2248 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2249 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2250 default values are used.
2251 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2252 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2253 @example
2254 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2255 @end example
2256 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2257 @example
2258 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2259 @end example
2260 @end deffn
2261
2262 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2263 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2264 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2265 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2266
2267 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2268 @example
2269 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2270 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2271 @end example
2272 @end deffn
2273
2274 @end deffn
2275
2276 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2277 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2278 This has one driver-specific command:
2279
2280 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2281 Display either the address of the I/O port
2282 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2283 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2284 This is a write-once setting.
2285 @end deffn
2286 @end deffn
2287
2288 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2289 Segger jlink USB adapter
2290 @c command: jlink_info
2291 @c dumps status
2292 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2293 @c sets version 2 or 3
2294 @end deffn
2295
2296 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2297 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2298 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2299 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2300 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2301
2302 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2303 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2304 This is a write-once setting.
2305 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2306
2307 @itemize @minus
2308 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2309 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2310 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2311 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2312 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2313 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2314 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2315 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2316 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2317 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2318 some versions of
2319 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2320 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2321 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2322 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2323 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2324 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2325 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2326 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2327 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2328 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2329 @end itemize
2330 @end deffn
2331
2332 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2333 Display either the address of the I/O port
2334 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2335 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2336 This is a write-once setting.
2337
2338 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2339 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2340 you may encounter a problem.
2341 @end deffn
2342
2343 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2344 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2345 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2346 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2347 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2348 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2349
2350 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2351 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2352 @quotation Tip
2353 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2354 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2355 @example
2356 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2357 > adapter_khz 500
2358 @end example
2359 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2360 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2361 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2362 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2363 large set of samples.
2364 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2365 @example
2366 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2367 @end example
2368 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2369 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2370
2371 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2372 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2373 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2374 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2375 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2376 @end quotation
2377 @end deffn
2378
2379 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2380 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2381 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2382 @end deffn
2383
2384 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2385 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2386
2387 @example
2388 interface parport
2389 parport_port 0x278
2390 parport_cable wiggler
2391 @end example
2392 @end deffn
2393
2394 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2395 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2396 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2397 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2398 @end deffn
2399 @end deffn
2400
2401 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2402 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2403 @end deffn
2404
2405 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2406 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2407 @end deffn
2408
2409 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2410 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2411
2412 @quotation Note
2413 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2414 which are not currently documented here.
2415 @end quotation
2416 @end deffn
2417
2418 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2419 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2420
2421 @quotation Note
2422 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2423 which are not currently documented here.
2424 @end quotation
2425
2426 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2427 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2428 No arguments: print status.
2429 @end deffn
2430
2431 @end deffn
2432
2433 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2434 @section JTAG Speed
2435 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2436 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2437 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2438 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2439 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2440 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2441 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2442 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2443 power management software that may be active.
2444
2445 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2446 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2447 target event handler.
2448 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2449 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2450 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2451 sets up those clocks).
2452 @xref{Target Events}.
2453 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2454 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2455 in the target config file.
2456 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2457 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2458 config file instead.
2459 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2460 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2461 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2462
2463 @example
2464 jtag_rclk 3000
2465 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2466 @end example
2467
2468 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2469 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2470 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2471 may not be the fastest solution.
2472
2473 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2474 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2475 which support adaptive clocking.
2476
2477 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2478 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2479 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2480 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2481 than the speed specified.
2482
2483 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2484 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2485 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2486 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2487
2488 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2489 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2490 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2491 JTAG clocking after setup.
2492 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2493 If the interface device can not
2494 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2495 @end deffn
2496
2497 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2498 @cindex adaptive clocking
2499 @cindex RTCK
2500 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2501 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2502 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2503 @example
2504 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2505 jtag_rclk 3000
2506 @end example
2507 @end defun
2508
2509 @node Reset Configuration
2510 @chapter Reset Configuration
2511 @cindex Reset Configuration
2512
2513 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2514 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2515 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2516 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2517 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2518 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2519 Please see the various board files for examples.
2520
2521 @quotation Note
2522 To maintainers and integrators:
2523 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2524 Normally the board configuration file
2525 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2526 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2527
2528 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2529 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2530 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2531 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2532 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2533 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2534 @end quotation
2535
2536 @section Types of Reset
2537
2538 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2539 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2540 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2541
2542 @itemize @bullet
2543 @item
2544 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2545 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2546 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2547 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2548 @item
2549 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2550 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2551 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2552 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2553 @item
2554 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2555 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2556 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2557 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2558 @item
2559 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2560 several other types of reset.
2561 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2562 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2563 There may be individual module resets.
2564 @end itemize
2565
2566 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2567 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2568 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2569 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2570 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2571 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2572 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2573 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2574 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2575
2576 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2577 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2578
2579 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2580 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2581 common issues are:
2582
2583 @itemize @bullet
2584
2585 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2586 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2587 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2588 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2589 when either of those signals is not connected.
2590 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2591 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2592 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2593 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2594
2595 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2596 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2597 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2598 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2599
2600 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2601 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2602 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2603 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2604 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2605 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2606 hardware debouncing.
2607 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2608 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2609
2610 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2611 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2612 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2613 to use push/pull output drivers.
2614 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2615 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2616 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2617 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2618
2619 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2620 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2621 issues (not limited to errata).
2622 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2623 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2624 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2625 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2626 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2627 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2628 @end itemize
2629
2630 There can also be other issues.
2631 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2632 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2633 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2634 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2635 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2636 Agreement (NDA).
2637
2638 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2639 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2640 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2641
2642 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2643 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2644
2645 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2646
2647 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2648 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2649 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2650 allowing it to be deasserted.
2651 @end deffn
2652
2653 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2654 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2655 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2656 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2657 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2658 @end deffn
2659
2660 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2661 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2662 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2663 allowing it to be deasserted.
2664 @end deffn
2665
2666 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2667 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2668 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2669 @end deffn
2670
2671 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2672 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2673 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2674 configuration scripts.
2675
2676 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2677 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2678 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2679 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2680 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2681 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2682 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2683 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2684
2685 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2686 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2687 @var{gates},
2688 @var{trst_type},
2689 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2690 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2691 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2692 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2693 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2694 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2695
2696 @itemize
2697 @item
2698 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2699 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2700 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2701 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2702 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2703
2704 @quotation Tip
2705 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2706 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2707 @end quotation
2708
2709 @item
2710 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2711 signal implementations.
2712 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2713 indicating everything behaves normally.
2714 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2715 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2716 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2717 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2718 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2719 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2720 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2721
2722 @item
2723 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2724 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2725 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2726 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2727 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2728 while SRST is asserted.
2729 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2730 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2731 @end itemize
2732
2733 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2734 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2735 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2736 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2737 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2738
2739 @itemize
2740 @item
2741 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2742 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2743 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2744 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2745
2746 @item
2747 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2748 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2749 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2750 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2751 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2752 @end itemize
2753 @end deffn
2754
2755 @section Custom Reset Handling
2756 @cindex events
2757
2758 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2759 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2760 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2761 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2762 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2763 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2764
2765 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2766 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2767 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2768 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2769 want to reset everything at once.
2770
2771 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2772 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2773 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2774 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2775 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2776 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2777 needs special attention.
2778
2779 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2780 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2781 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2782 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2783 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2784 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2785 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2786 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2787
2788 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2789 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2790 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2791 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2792 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2793
2794 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2795 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2796 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2797 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2798 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2799 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2800 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2801 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2802 or potentially some other value.
2803
2804 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2805 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2806 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2807 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2808 (or their associated targets)
2809 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2810
2811 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2812 they return.
2813 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2814 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2815 @end deffn
2816
2817 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2818 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2819 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2820 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2821 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2822 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2823 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2824 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2825 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2826 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2827 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2828 @end deffn
2829
2830 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2831 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2832 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2833 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2834 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2835 @end deffn
2836
2837
2838 @node TAP Declaration
2839 @chapter TAP Declaration
2840 @cindex TAP declaration
2841 @cindex TAP configuration
2842
2843 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2844 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2845
2846 @itemize @bullet
2847 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2848 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2849 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2850 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2851 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2852 start running that code.
2853 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2854 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2855 and missing connections
2856 @end itemize
2857
2858 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2859 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2860 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2861 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2862 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2863
2864 @section Scan Chains
2865 @cindex scan chain
2866
2867 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2868 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2869 They also need to be added to
2870 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2871 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2872 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2873 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2874 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2875 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2876 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2877 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2878
2879 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2880 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2881 command, presented in the next chapter.
2882 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2883 debugging targets.)
2884 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2885
2886 @verbatim
2887 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2888 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2889 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2890 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2891 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2892 @end verbatim
2893
2894 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2895 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2896 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2897 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2898 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2899 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2900 until they are told to do so.
2901
2902 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2903 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2904 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2905 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2906
2907 @example
2908 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2909 @end example
2910
2911 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2912 by a given chip.
2913 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2914 and so forth.
2915 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2916 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2917 a single chip and between them.
2918 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2919
2920 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2921 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2922 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2923 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2924 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2925 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2926 includes commands something like this:
2927
2928 @example
2929 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2930 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2931 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2932 @end example
2933
2934 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2935 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2936 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2937
2938 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2939 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2940 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2941 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2942 @example
2943 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2944 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2945 @}
2946 @end example
2947 @end deffn
2948
2949 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2950 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2951 and their status.
2952 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2953 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2954 but systems with a JTAG router can
2955 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2956 @end deffn
2957
2958 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2959 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2960
2961 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2962 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2963
2964 @section TAP Names
2965 @cindex dotted name
2966
2967 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2968 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2969 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2970 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2971 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2972 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2973 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2974 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2975
2976 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2977 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2978 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2979
2980 @quotation Tip
2981 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2982 This feature is still present.
2983 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2984 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2985 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2986 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2987 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2988 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2989 @end quotation
2990
2991 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2992
2993 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2994 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2995 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2996 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2997 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2998
2999 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3000 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3001 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3002 overridable.
3003
3004 @cindex TAP naming convention
3005 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3006 and should follow this convention:
3007
3008 @itemize @bullet
3009 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3010 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3011 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3012 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3013 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3014 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3015 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3016 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3017 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3018 with a single TAP;
3019 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3020 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3021 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3022 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3023 @end itemize
3024
3025 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3026
3027 @itemize @bullet
3028 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3029 @*The length in bits of the
3030 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3031 @end itemize
3032
3033 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3034
3035 @itemize @bullet
3036 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3037 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3038 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3039 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3040 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3041 (the TAP is linked in).
3042 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3043 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3044 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3045 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3046 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3047 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3048 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3049 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3050 values that were found but not included in the list.
3051
3052 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3053 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3054 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3055 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3056 hardware to find these values.
3057 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3058 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3059 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3060 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3061 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3062 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3063 the various chip IDs.
3064 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3065 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3066 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3067 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3068 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3069 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3070 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3071 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3072 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3073 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3074 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3075 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3076 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3077 @end itemize
3078 @end deffn
3079
3080 @section Other TAP commands
3081
3082 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3083 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3084 At this writing this TAP attribute
3085 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3086 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3087 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3088 See the next section for information about the available events.
3089
3090 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3091 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3092 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3093 @end deffn
3094
3095 @anchor{TAP Events}
3096 @section TAP Events
3097 @cindex events
3098 @cindex TAP events
3099
3100 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3101 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3102 The other applies to debugger targets,
3103 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3104
3105 The TAP events currently defined are:
3106
3107 @itemize @bullet
3108 @item @b{post-reset}
3109 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3110 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3111 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3112 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3113 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3114
3115 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3116 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3117 of any particular target.
3118 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3119 @item @b{setup}
3120 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3121 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3122 @item @b{tap-disable}
3123 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3124 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3125 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3126 @item @b{tap-enable}
3127 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3128 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3129 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3130 @end itemize
3131
3132 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3133 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3134 contents to be accurate), you might:
3135
3136 @example
3137 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3138 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3139 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3140 @}
3141 @end example
3142
3143
3144 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3145 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3146 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3147 @cindex jrc
3148
3149 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3150 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3151 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3152 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3153 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3154
3155 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3156 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3157 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3158 be visible.
3159 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3160 ignores, such as:
3161
3162 @itemize
3163 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3164 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3165 TAPs receive new instructions.
3166 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3167 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3168 @end itemize
3169
3170 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3171 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3172 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3173 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3174
3175 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3176 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3177
3178 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3179 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3180 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3181 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3182 should define TAP event handlers using
3183 code that looks something like this:
3184
3185 @example
3186 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3187 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3188 @}
3189 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3190 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3191 @}
3192 @end example
3193
3194 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3195
3196 @example
3197 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3198 @end example
3199
3200 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3201 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3202 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3203 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3204
3205 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3206 If necessary, disables the tap
3207 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3208 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3209 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3210 and "0" if it is disabled.
3211 @end deffn
3212
3213 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3214 If necessary, enables the tap
3215 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3216 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3217 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3218 and "0" if it is disabled.
3219 @end deffn
3220
3221 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3222 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3223 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3224 and "0" if it is disabled.
3225
3226 @quotation Note
3227 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3228 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3229 @end quotation
3230 @end deffn
3231
3232 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3233 @section Autoprobing
3234 @cindex autoprobe
3235 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3236
3237 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3238 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3239 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3240 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3241
3242 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3243 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3244 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3245 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3246 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3247 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3248 right when they come out of reset).
3249
3250 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3251
3252 @example
3253 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3254 reset_config trst_and_srst
3255 jtag_rclk 8
3256 @end example
3257
3258 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3259 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3260
3261 @enumerate
3262 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3263 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3264 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3265 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3266 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3267 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3268 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3269 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3270 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3271 that is discovered.
3272 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3273 register, it will report it.
3274 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3275 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3276 @end enumerate
3277
3278 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3279 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3280 that's a bit more complex:
3281
3282 @example
3283 clock speed 8 kHz
3284 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3285 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3286 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3287 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3288 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3289 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3290 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3291 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3292 @end example
3293
3294 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3295 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3296 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3297 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3298 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3299 and so forth.
3300
3301 @node CPU Configuration
3302 @chapter CPU Configuration
3303 @cindex GDB target
3304
3305 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3306 You can also access these targets without GDB
3307 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3308 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3309 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3310 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3311
3312 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3313 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3314
3315 @section Target List
3316 @cindex target, current
3317 @cindex target, list
3318
3319 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3320 where each member has a name.
3321 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3322 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3323 (plural!) command.
3324 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3325 look like with more than one:
3326 @verbatim
3327 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3328 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3329 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3330 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3331 @end verbatim
3332
3333 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3334 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3335 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3336 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3337 space seen by that current target.
3338 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3339 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3340 are examples; and there are many more.
3341
3342 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3343
3344 @deffn Command {target count}
3345 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3346 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3347 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3348
3349 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3350 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3351 @example
3352 set c [target count]
3353 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3354 # Assuming you have created this function
3355 print_target_details $x
3356 @}
3357 @end example
3358 @end deffn
3359
3360 @deffn Command {target current}
3361 Returns the name of the current target.
3362 @end deffn
3363
3364 @deffn Command {target names}
3365 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3366 @example
3367 foreach t [target names] @{
3368 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3369 @}
3370 @end example
3371 @end deffn
3372
3373 @deffn Command {target number} number
3374 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3375 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3376
3377 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3378 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3379 @example
3380 set thename [target number $x]
3381 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3382 @end example
3383 @end deffn
3384
3385 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3386 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3387
3388 @deffn Command targets [name]
3389 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3390 command names are singular.}
3391
3392 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3393 targets in a user friendly form.
3394
3395 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3396 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3397 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3398 @end deffn
3399
3400 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3401 @cindex target type
3402 @cindex CPU type
3403 @cindex CPU variant
3404
3405 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3406 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3407 when calling @command{target create}.
3408 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3409 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3410 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3411 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3412 what core-specific commands may be available
3413 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3414 and more.
3415
3416 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3417 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3418 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3419 worked around in some chip versions.
3420
3421 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3422 since there's a command to list them.
3423 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3424 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3425
3426 @anchor{target types}
3427 @deffn Command {target types}
3428 Lists all supported target types.
3429 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3430
3431 @itemize @bullet
3432 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3433 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3434 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3435 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3436 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3437 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3438 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3439 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3440 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3441 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3442 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3443 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3444 @itemize @minus
3445 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3446 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3447 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3448 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3449 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3450 @end itemize
3451 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3452 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3453 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3454 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3455 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3456 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3457 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3458 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3459 There are several variants defined:
3460 @itemize @minus
3461 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3462 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3463 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3464 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3465 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3466 @end itemize
3467 @end itemize
3468 @end deffn
3469
3470 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3471 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3472 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3473 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3474 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3475 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3476 reflect design generations;
3477 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3478 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3479
3480 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3481 @section Target Configuration
3482
3483 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3484 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3485 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3486 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3487 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3488
3489 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3490 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3491 optional parts.
3492 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3493 command, created as part of target creation.
3494
3495 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3496 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3497 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3498 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3499 to be much more board-specific.
3500 The key steps you use might look something like this
3501
3502 @example
3503 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3504 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3505 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3506 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3507 @end example
3508
3509 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3510 on-chip SRAM.
3511 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3512 writes to target memory;
3513 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3514 GDB memory checksumming;
3515 and more.
3516
3517 @quotation Warning
3518 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3519 inaccessible when application code
3520 (such as an operating system)
3521 enables or disables the MMU.
3522 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3523 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3524 easy access to other addresses needed.
3525 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3526 @end quotation
3527
3528 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3529 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3530 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3531 controllers.
3532 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3533 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3534 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3535
3536 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3537 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3538 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3539 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3540 purposes including additional configuration.
3541
3542 @itemize @bullet
3543 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3544 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3545 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3546 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3547
3548 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3549 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3550 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3551 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3552 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3553 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3554 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3555 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3556
3557 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3558 @end itemize
3559 @end deffn
3560
3561 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3562 The options accepted by this command may also be
3563 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3564 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3565 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3566
3567 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3568 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3569 and changing its endianness or variant.
3570
3571 @itemize @bullet
3572
3573 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3574 used to access this target.
3575
3576 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3577 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3578
3579 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3580 @xref{Target Events}.
3581 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3582 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3583 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3584 same event name assigns only one handler.
3585
3586 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3587 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3588
3589 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3590 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3591 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3592 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3593 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3594 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3595 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3596
3597 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3598 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3599 or virtual address is being used.
3600
3601 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3602 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3603
3604 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3605 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3606 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3607 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3608 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3609
3610 @end itemize
3611 @end deffn
3612
3613 @section Other $target_name Commands
3614 @cindex object command
3615
3616 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3617 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3618
3619 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3620 Once a button is created a button
3621 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3622 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3623 configure it like this:
3624
3625 @example
3626 # Create
3627 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3628 # Modify
3629 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3630 # Query
3631 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3632 # Report
3633 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3634 @end example
3635
3636 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3637 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3638
3639 @example
3640 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3641 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3642 @end example
3643
3644 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3645
3646 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3647 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3648 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3649 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3650 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3651 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3652 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3653 They are not otherwise documented here.
3654 @end deffn
3655
3656 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3657 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3658 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3659 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3660 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3661 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3662 the target side uses raw memory.
3663
3664 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3665 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3666 The script orientation comes from working with data
3667 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3668 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3669 and neither store nor return those values.
3670
3671 @itemize
3672 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3673 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3674 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3675 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3676 @end itemize
3677 @end deffn
3678
3679 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3680 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3681 @command{$target_name configure}
3682 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3683 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3684 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3685 There are a few special cases:
3686
3687 @itemize @bullet
3688 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3689 event named @var{event_name}.
3690 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3691 two parameters.
3692 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3693 This is a special case because this is set using
3694 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3695 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3696 @end itemize
3697
3698 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3699 all the targets you might use something like this:
3700
3701 @example
3702 foreach name [target names] @{
3703 set y [$name cget -endian]
3704 set z [$name cget -type]
3705 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3706 $x $name $y $z]
3707 @}
3708 @end example
3709 @end deffn
3710
3711 @anchor{target curstate}
3712 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3713 Displays the current target state:
3714 @code{debug-running},
3715 @code{halted},
3716 @code{reset},
3717 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3718 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3719 @end deffn
3720
3721 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3722 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3723 currently associated with this target.
3724 @xref{Target Events}.
3725 @end deffn
3726
3727 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3728 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3729 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3730 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3731 @end deffn
3732
3733 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3734 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3735 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3736 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3737 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3738 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3739 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3740 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3741 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3742 @end deffn
3743
3744 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3745 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3746 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3747 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3748 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3749 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3750 @end deffn
3751
3752 @anchor{Target Events}
3753 @section Target Events
3754 @cindex target events
3755 @cindex events
3756 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3757 For example:
3758 @itemize @bullet
3759 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3760 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3761 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3762 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3763 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3764 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3765 to set up system clocks or
3766 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3767 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3768 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3769 @end itemize
3770
3771 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3772 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3773 @command{target create ... -event}.
3774
3775 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3776 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3777 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3778
3779 @example
3780 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3781 echo "Reset..."
3782 reset halt
3783 @}
3784 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3785 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3786 echo "Reset..."
3787 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3788 reset init
3789 @}
3790 @end example
3791
3792 The following target events are defined:
3793
3794 @itemize @bullet
3795 @item @b{debug-halted}
3796 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3797 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3798 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3799 @item @b{early-halted}
3800 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3801 @ignore
3802 @item @b{examine-end}
3803 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3804 @item @b{examine-start}
3805 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3806 @end ignore
3807 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3808 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3809 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3810 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3811 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3812 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3813 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3814 @* When GDB disconnects
3815 @item @b{gdb-end}
3816 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3817 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3818 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3819 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3820 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3821 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3822 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3823 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3824 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3825 @item @b{gdb-start}
3826 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3827 @item @b{halted}
3828 @* The target has halted
3829 @ignore
3830 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3831 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3832 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3833 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3834 @end ignore
3835 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3836 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3837 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3838 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3839 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3840 @item @b{reset-assert}
3841 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3842 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3843 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3844 it instead of asserting SRST.
3845 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3846 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3847 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3848 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3849 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3850 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3851 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3852 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3853 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3854 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3855 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3856 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3857 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3858 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3859 released on the scan chain.
3860 @item @b{reset-end}
3861 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3862 @ignore
3863 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3864 @* Currently not used
3865 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3866 @* Currently not used
3867 @end ignore
3868 @item @b{reset-init}
3869 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3870 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3871
3872 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3873 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3874 multiplexing, and so on.
3875 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3876 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3877 @item @b{reset-start}
3878 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3879 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3880
3881 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3882 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3883 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3884 @ignore
3885 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3886 @* Currently not used
3887 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3888 @* Currently not used
3889 @end ignore
3890 @item @b{resume-start}
3891 @* Before any target is resumed
3892 @item @b{resume-end}
3893 @* After all targets have resumed
3894 @item @b{resume-ok}
3895 @* Success
3896 @item @b{resumed}
3897 @* Target has resumed
3898 @end itemize
3899
3900
3901 @node Flash Commands
3902 @chapter Flash Commands
3903
3904 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3905 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3906 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3907 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3908 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3909 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3910 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3911 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3912 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3913
3914 Flash Steps:
3915 @enumerate
3916 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3917 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3918 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3919 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3920 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3921 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3922 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3923 @item GDB Flashing
3924 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3925 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3926 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3927 @end enumerate
3928
3929 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3930 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3931 so that it can't boot.
3932 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3933 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3934
3935 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3936 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3937 @cindex flash configuration
3938
3939 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3940 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3941 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3942 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3943 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3944 see the driver-specific documentation.
3945
3946 @itemize @bullet
3947 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3948 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3949 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3950 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3951 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3952 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3953 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3954 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3955 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3956 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3957 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3958 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3959 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3960 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3961 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3962 commands to the flash controller.
3963 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3964 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3965 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3966 for more information.
3967 @end itemize
3968 @quotation Note
3969 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3970 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3971 @end quotation
3972 @end deffn
3973
3974 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3975 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3976 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3977 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3978 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3979 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3980 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3981 @end deffn
3982
3983 @deffn Command {flash list}
3984 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3985 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3986 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3987 @end deffn
3988
3989 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3990 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3991 depends on the flash type.
3992 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3993 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3994 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3995 but most don't bother.
3996 @end deffn
3997
3998 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3999 @cindex flash erasing
4000 @cindex flash reading
4001 @cindex flash writing
4002 @cindex flash programming
4003
4004 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4005 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4006 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4007 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4008 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4009
4010 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4011 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4012 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4013 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4014 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4015
4016 @quotation Note
4017 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4018 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4019 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4020 back to a flash bank.
4021 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4022 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4023 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4024 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4025 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4026 @end quotation
4027
4028 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4029 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4030 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4031 disabled first.
4032 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4033 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4034 @xref{flash protect}.
4035
4036 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4037 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4038 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4039 up to and including @var{last}.
4040 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4041 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4042 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4043 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4044 @end deffn
4045
4046 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4047 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4048 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4049 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4050 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4051 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4052 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4053 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4054 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4055 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4056 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4057 before erase starts.
4058 @end deffn
4059
4060 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4061 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4062 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4063 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4064 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4065 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4066 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4067 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4068 before issuing this command.
4069 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4070 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4071 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4072 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4073 @end deffn
4074 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4075
4076 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4077 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4078 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4079 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4080 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4081 @end deffn
4082
4083 @anchor{flash write_image}
4084 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4085 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4086 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4087 to the base address for each section in the image.
4088 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4089 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4090 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4091 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4092 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4093 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4094 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4095 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4096 each image section.
4097
4098 @quotation Warning
4099 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4100 data you want to preserve.
4101 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4102 sections might be erased with no notice.
4103 @itemize
4104 @item
4105 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4106 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4107 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4108 @item
4109 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4110 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4111 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4112 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4113 @end itemize
4114 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4115 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4116 @end quotation
4117
4118 @end deffn
4119
4120 @section Other Flash commands
4121 @cindex flash protection
4122
4123 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4124 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4125 and display that status.
4126 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4127 @end deffn
4128
4129 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4130 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4131 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4132 The information includes per-sector protect status, which may be
4133 incorrect (outdated) unless you first issue a
4134 @command{flash protect_check num} command.
4135 @end deffn
4136
4137 @anchor{flash protect}
4138 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4139 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4140 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4141 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4142 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4143 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4144 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4145 @end deffn
4146
4147 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
4148 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
4149 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4150 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
4151 This updates the protection information displayed by @option{flash info}.
4152 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
4153 @end deffn
4154
4155 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4156 @section Flash Driver List
4157 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4158 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4159 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4160
4161 @subsection External Flash
4162
4163 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4164 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4165 @cindex CFI
4166 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4167 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4168 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4169 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4170 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4171 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4172 configure a bus and its timings), or
4173 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4174 on the flash chip.
4175 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4176 speed up operation.
4177
4178 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4179
4180 @itemize
4181 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4182 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4183 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4184 @end itemize
4185
4186 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4187 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4188
4189 @example
4190 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4191 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4192 @end example
4193
4194 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4195 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4196 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4197
4198 @example
4199 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4200 @end example
4201
4202 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4203 @end deffn
4204
4205 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4206
4207 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4208 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4209 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4210 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4211 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4212 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4213
4214 @example
4215 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4216 @end example
4217 @end deffn
4218
4219 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4220 @cindex at91sam3
4221 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4222 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4223 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4224 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4225 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4226 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4227 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4228 chips are confirmed.}
4229
4230 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4231 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4232 the following fixed locations:
4233
4234 @example
4235 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4236 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4237 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4238 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4239 @end example
4240
4241 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4242 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4243 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4244
4245 @itemize
4246 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4247 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4248 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4249 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4250 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4251 @end itemize
4252
4253 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4254
4255 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4256 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4257 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4258 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4259 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4260 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4261 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4262
4263 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4264 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4265 @end deffn
4266
4267 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4268 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4269 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4270 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4271 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4272 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4273 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4274 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4275 @end deffn
4276
4277 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4278 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4279 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4280 @end deffn
4281 @end deffn
4282
4283 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4284 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4285 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4286 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4287 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4288
4289 @example
4290 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4291 @end example
4292
4293 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4294 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4295
4296 @itemize
4297 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4298 @item @var{banks}
4299 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4300 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4301 @item @var{pages_size}
4302 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4303 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4304 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4305 @end itemize
4306
4307 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4308 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4309 will be autoconfigured.
4310 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4311
4312 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4313 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4314 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4315 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4316 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4317
4318 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4319 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4320 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4321 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4322 are not truly general purpose).
4323 @quotation Note
4324 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4325 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4326 @end quotation
4327 @end deffn
4328 @end deffn
4329
4330 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4331 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4332 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4333 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4334 @end deffn
4335
4336 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4337 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4338 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4339 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4340 and executed.
4341 @end deffn
4342
4343 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4344 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4345 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4346
4347 @quotation Note
4348 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4349 driver:
4350 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4351 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4352 @end quotation
4353
4354 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4355 which must appear in the following order:
4356
4357 @itemize
4358 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4359 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4360 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4361 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4362 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4363 at which the core is running
4364 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4365 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4366 @quotation Note
4367 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4368 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4369 However, if you do provide it,
4370 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4371 @end quotation
4372 @end itemize
4373
4374 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4375
4376 @example
4377 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4378 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4379 @end example
4380
4381 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4382 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4383 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4384 @end deffn
4385 @end deffn
4386
4387 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4388 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4389 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4390 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4391 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4392 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4393
4394 @example
4395 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4396 @end example
4397 @end deffn
4398
4399 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4400 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4401 from NXP.
4402
4403 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4404 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4405 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4406 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4407 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4408 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4409 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4410 you start the PLL.
4411
4412 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4413
4414 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4415 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4416 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4417
4418 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4419 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4420 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4421 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4422 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4423 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4424 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4425
4426 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4427 @example
4428 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4429 @end example
4430
4431 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4432 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4433 @code{flash banks} command.
4434
4435 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4436 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4437 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4438 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4439 a known signature.
4440 Example:
4441 @example
4442 lpc2900 signature 0
4443 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4444 @end example
4445 @end deffn
4446
4447 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4448 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4449 saves it to a file in binary format.
4450 Example:
4451 @example
4452 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4453 @end example
4454 @end deffn
4455
4456 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4457 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4458 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4459 command:
4460
4461 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4462 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4463 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4464 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4465
4466 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4467 Example:
4468 @example
4469 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4470 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4471 @end example
4472 @end deffn
4473
4474 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4475 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4476 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4477 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4478 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4479 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4480 912 bytes.
4481 @quotation Attention
4482 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4483 @end quotation
4484 Example:
4485 @example
4486 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4487 @end example
4488 @end deffn
4489
4490 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4491 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4492 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4493 after the next power cycle.
4494 @quotation Attention
4495 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4496 @end quotation
4497 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4498 Example:
4499 @example
4500 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4501 flash info 0
4502 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4503 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4504 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4505 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4506 @end example
4507 @end deffn
4508
4509 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4510 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4511 effective after the next power cycle.
4512 @quotation Attention
4513 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4514 @end quotation
4515 Examples:
4516 @example
4517 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4518 @end example
4519 @end deffn
4520 @end deffn
4521
4522 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4523 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4524
4525 @example
4526 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4527 @end example
4528 @end deffn
4529
4530 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4531 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4532 and integrate flash memory.
4533
4534 @example
4535 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4536 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4537 @end example
4538
4539 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4540 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4541 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4542 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4543 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4544 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4545 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4546 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4547 @end deffn
4548 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4549 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4550 This will remove any Code Protection.
4551 @end deffn
4552 @end deffn
4553
4554 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4555 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4556 Texas Instruments
4557 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4558 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4559 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4560 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4561 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4562 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4563
4564 @example
4565 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4566 @end example
4567 @end deffn
4568
4569 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4570 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4571 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4572 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4573 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4574 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4575
4576 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4577 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4578 @quotation Warning
4579 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4580 applied to all of them.
4581 @end quotation
4582 @end deffn
4583
4584 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4585 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4586 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4587 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4588 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4589
4590 @example
4591 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4592 @end example
4593
4594 Some stm32x-specific commands
4595 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4596 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4597 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4598 are defined:
4599
4600 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4601 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4602 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4603 @end deffn
4604
4605 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4606 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4607 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4608 @end deffn
4609
4610 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4611 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4612 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4613 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4614 @end deffn
4615
4616 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4617 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4618 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4619 @end deffn
4620 @end deffn
4621
4622 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4623 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4624 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4625 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4626 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4627
4628 @example
4629 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4630 @end example
4631
4632 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4633 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4634 for the specified flash bank.
4635 @end deffn
4636 @end deffn
4637
4638 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4639 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4640 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4641 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4642 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4643
4644 @example
4645 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4646 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4647 @end example
4648
4649 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4650 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4651 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4652
4653 @itemize @bullet
4654 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4655 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4656 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4657 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4658 @end itemize
4659 @end deffn
4660
4661 @end deffn
4662
4663 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4664 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4665 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4666 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4667
4668 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4669
4670 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4671 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4672 @end deffn
4673
4674 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4675 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4676 @end deffn
4677
4678 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4679 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4680 the flash clock.
4681 @end deffn
4682 @end deffn
4683
4684 @subsection str9xpec driver
4685 @cindex str9xpec
4686
4687 Here is some background info to help
4688 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4689 the str9:
4690 @enumerate
4691 @item
4692 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4693 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4694 @item
4695 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4696 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4697 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4698 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4699 @end enumerate
4700
4701 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4702 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4703 configured for flash bank 0.
4704 @example
4705 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4706 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4707 jtag_reset 0 1
4708 # turn off target polling
4709 poll off
4710 # disable str9 core
4711 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4712 # read option bytes
4713 str9xpec options_read 0
4714 # re-enable str9 core
4715 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4716 poll on
4717 reset halt
4718 @end example
4719 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4720 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4721 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4722 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4723
4724 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4725 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4726 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4727 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4728 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4729
4730 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4731
4732 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4733 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4734 @end deffn
4735
4736 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4737 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4738 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4739 @end deffn
4740
4741 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4742 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4743 erase the device.
4744 @end deffn
4745
4746 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4747 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4748 @end deffn
4749
4750 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4751 Configure str9 boot bank.
4752 @end deffn
4753
4754 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4755 Configure str9 lvd source.
4756 @end deffn
4757
4758 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4759 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4760 @end deffn
4761
4762 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4763 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4764 @end deffn
4765
4766 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4767 Read str9 option bytes.
4768 @end deffn
4769
4770 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4771 Write str9 option bytes.
4772 @end deffn
4773
4774 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4775 unlock str9 device.
4776 @end deffn
4777
4778 @end deffn
4779
4780
4781 @section mFlash
4782
4783 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4784 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4785
4786 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4787 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4788 address @var{base}.
4789 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4790 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4791
4792 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4793
4794 @example
4795 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4796 @end example
4797
4798 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4799
4800 @example
4801 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4802 @end example
4803 @end deffn
4804
4805 @subsection mFlash commands
4806 @cindex mFlash commands
4807
4808 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4809 Configure mflash PLL.
4810 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4811 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4812 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4813 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4814 @end deffn
4815
4816 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4817 Configure bootable option.
4818 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4819 (4kB) for boot.
4820 @end deffn
4821
4822 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4823 Configure storage information.
4824 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4825 written.
4826 @end deffn
4827
4828 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4829 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4830 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4834 Probe mflash.
4835 @end deffn
4836
4837 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4838 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4839 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4840 @end deffn
4841
4842 @node NAND Flash Commands
4843 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4844 @cindex NAND
4845
4846 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4847 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4848 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4849
4850 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4851 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4852 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4853 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4854 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4855 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4856
4857 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4858 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4859 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4860 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4861 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4862 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4863 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4864 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4865 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4866 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4867
4868 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4869 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4870 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4871 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4872 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4873 every 512 bytes of data.
4874
4875 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4876 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4877 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4878 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4879 ECC mode is used.
4880
4881 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4882 @enumerate
4883 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4884 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4885 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4886 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4887 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4888 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4889 to access that device.
4890 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4891 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4892 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4893 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4894 de-brick a board.
4895 @end enumerate
4896
4897 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4898 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4899 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4900 are only 32 bits wide.
4901 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4902 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4903 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4904 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4905
4906 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4907 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4908 @cindex NAND configuration
4909
4910 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4911 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4912 OpenOCD has initialized.
4913
4914 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4915 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4916 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4917 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4918 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4919 they were a single (larger) device.
4920 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4921 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4922
4923 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4924 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4925 configuration files, not interactively.
4926
4927 @itemize @bullet
4928 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4929 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4930 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4931 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4932 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4933 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4934 commands to the NAND controller.
4935 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4936 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4937 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4938 for more information.
4939 @end itemize
4940 @end deffn
4941
4942 @deffn Command {nand list}
4943 Prints a summary of each device declared
4944 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4945 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4946 @example
4947 > nand list
4948 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4949 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4950 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4951 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4952 >
4953 @end example
4954 @end deffn
4955
4956 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4957 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4958 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4959 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4960 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4961 it with most other NAND commands.
4962 @end deffn
4963
4964 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4965
4966 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4967 @cindex NAND reading
4968 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4969 starting at the specified offset.
4970 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4971
4972 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4973 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4974
4975 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4976 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4977 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4978
4979 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4980 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4981 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4982 method which handled that error correction.
4983
4984 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4985 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4986 @itemize @bullet
4987 @item no oob_* parameter
4988 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4989 @item @code{oob_raw}
4990 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4991 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4992 spare areas associated with each data page.
4993 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4994 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4995 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4996 @item @code{oob_only}
4997 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4998 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4999 spare areas associated with each data page.
5000 @end itemize
5001 @end deffn
5002
5003 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5004 @cindex NAND erasing
5005 @cindex NAND programming
5006 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5007 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5008 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5009 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5010 If those parameters are not specified,
5011 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5012 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5013
5014 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5015 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5016 block marker.
5017 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5018 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5019 @end deffn
5020
5021 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5022 @cindex NAND writing
5023 @cindex NAND programming
5024 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5025 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5026 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5027 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5028
5029 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5030 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5031
5032 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5033 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5034 past the end of the device.
5035 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5036 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5037 if that's being written.)
5038
5039 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5040 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5041 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5042
5043 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5044 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5045 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5046 @itemize @bullet
5047 @item no oob_* parameter
5048 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5049 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5050 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5051 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5052 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5053 @item @code{oob_only}
5054 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5055 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5056 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5057 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5058 @item @code{oob_raw}
5059 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5060 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5061 un-altered OOB.
5062 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5063 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5064 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5065 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5066 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5067 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5068 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5069 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5070 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5071 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5072 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5073 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5074 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5075 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5076 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5077 @end itemize
5078 @end deffn
5079
5080 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5081 @cindex NAND verification
5082 @cindex NAND programming
5083 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5084 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5085 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5086
5087 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5088 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5089
5090 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5091 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5092 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5093 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5094 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5095
5096 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5097 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5098 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5099
5100 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5101 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5102 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5103 be removed in a future release.
5104 @end deffn
5105
5106 @section Other NAND commands
5107 @cindex NAND other commands
5108
5109 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
5110 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5111 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5112 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5113 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5114 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5115 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5116 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5117
5118 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5119 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5120 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5121 @end deffn
5122
5123 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5124 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5125 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5126 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5127 status for each block.
5128 @end deffn
5129
5130 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5131 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5132 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5133
5134 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5135 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5136 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5137 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5138 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5139
5140 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5141 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5142 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5143 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5144 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5145 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5146 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5147 @end deffn
5148
5149 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5150 @section NAND Driver List
5151 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5152 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5153 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5154
5155 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5156 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5157 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5158 address of the ECC controller.
5159 @example
5160 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5161 @end example
5162 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5163 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5164 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5165 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5166 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5167 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5168 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5169 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5170 @end deffn
5171 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5172 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5173 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5174 @end deffn
5175
5176 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5177 properly configured for input or output.
5178 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5179 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5180 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5181 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5182 @end deffn
5183 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5184 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5185 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5186 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5187 @end deffn
5188 @end deffn
5189
5190 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5191 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5192 chips from Texas Instruments.
5193 It takes three extra parameters:
5194 address of the NAND chip;
5195 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5196 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5197 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5198 @example
5199 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5200 @end example
5201 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5202 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5203 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5204 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5205 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5206 @end deffn
5207
5208 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5209 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5210 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5211 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5212 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5213 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5214 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5215 @end deffn
5216
5217 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5218 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5219 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5220 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5221 @end deffn
5222 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5223
5224 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5225 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5226 parameter: the address of the controller.
5227 @example
5228 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5229 @end example
5230 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5231 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5232 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5233 change any behavior.
5234 @end deffn
5235
5236 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5237 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5238 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5239 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5240 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5241 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5242 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5243 specialized commands.
5244 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5245 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5246 change any behavior.
5247 @end deffn
5248
5249 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5250 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5251 @cindex PLD
5252 @cindex FPGA
5253
5254 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5255 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5256 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5257 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5258 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5259 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5260 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5261
5262 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5263
5264 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5265 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5266 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5267
5268 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5269 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5270
5271 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5272 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5273 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5274 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5275 behavior.
5276 @end deffn
5277
5278 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5279 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5280 @end deffn
5281
5282 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5283 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5284 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5285 @end deffn
5286
5287 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5288
5289 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5290 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5291 that particular type of PLD.
5292
5293 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5294 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5295 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5296 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5297 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5298
5299 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5300 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5301 for FPGA @var{num}.
5302 @end deffn
5303 @end deffn
5304
5305 @node General Commands
5306 @chapter General Commands
5307 @cindex commands
5308
5309 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5310 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5311 commands are documented elsewhere.
5312
5313 Intent:
5314 @itemize @bullet
5315 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5316 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5317 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5318 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5319
5320 @item @b{From the human}
5321 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5322 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5323
5324 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5325 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5326 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5327
5328 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5329 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5330 port is 5555.
5331 @end itemize
5332
5333
5334 @section Daemon Commands
5335
5336 @deffn {Command} exit
5337 Exits the current telnet session.
5338 @end deffn
5339
5340 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5341 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5342 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5343 Not every command provides helptext.
5344
5345 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5346 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5347 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5348 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5349 @end deffn
5350
5351 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5352 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5353 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5354 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5355 Useful in connection with script files
5356 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5357 @end deffn
5358
5359 @deffn Command shutdown
5360 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5361 @end deffn
5362
5363 @anchor{debug_level}
5364 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5365 @cindex message level
5366 Display debug level.
5367 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5368 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5369 Level 0 is error messages only;
5370 level 1 adds warnings;
5371 level 2 adds informational messages;
5372 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5373 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5374 the command line along with the location of that log
5375 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5376 @xref{Running}.
5377 @end deffn
5378
5379 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5380 Default disabled.
5381 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5382
5383 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5384 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5385 individually overridden.
5386
5387 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5388 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5389 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5390
5391 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5392
5393 @example
5394 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5395 @end example
5396 @end deffn
5397
5398 @deffn Command echo message
5399 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5400 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5401 @example
5402 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5403 @end example
5404 @end deffn
5405
5406 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5407 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5408 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5409 @end deffn
5410
5411 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5412 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5413 @end deffn
5414
5415 @anchor{Target State handling}
5416 @section Target State handling
5417 @cindex reset
5418 @cindex halt
5419 @cindex target initialization
5420
5421 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5422 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5423 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5424 a current target which is used to perform the
5425 various operations. The current target may be changed
5426 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5427 target which should become current.
5428
5429 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5430 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5431 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5432 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5433 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5434
5435 @emph{With no arguments}:
5436 list all available registers for the current target,
5437 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5438 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5439 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5440 are flagged as such.
5441
5442 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5443
5444 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5445 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5446 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5447 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5448 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5449 relevant module will flush such values.
5450
5451 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5452 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5453
5454 @example
5455 > reg
5456 ===== ARM registers
5457 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5458 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5459 (2) r2 (/32)
5460 ...
5461 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5462 >
5463 @end example
5464 @end deffn
5465
5466 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5467 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5468 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5469 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5470 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5471 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5472 (and enter debug mode).
5473 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5474
5475 @quotation Warning
5476 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5477 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5478 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5479 power mode by gating the core clock;
5480 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5481
5482 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5483 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5484 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5485 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5486 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5487 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5488
5489 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5490 work with a JTAG debugger.
5491 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5492 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5493 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5494 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5495 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5496 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5497 @end quotation
5498
5499 @end deffn
5500
5501 @deffn Command resume [address]
5502 Resume the target at its current code position,
5503 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5504 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5505 @end deffn
5506
5507 @deffn Command step [address]
5508 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5509 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5510 @end deffn
5511
5512 @anchor{Reset Command}
5513 @deffn Command reset
5514 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5515 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5516 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5517 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5518 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5519 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5520
5521 The optional parameter specifies what should
5522 happen after the reset.
5523 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5524 The other options will not work on all systems.
5525 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5526
5527 @itemize @minus
5528 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5529 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5530 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5531 @end itemize
5532 @end deffn
5533
5534 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5535 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5536 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5537 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5538 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5539 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5540 state.
5541 @end deffn
5542
5543 @section I/O Utilities
5544
5545 These commands are available when
5546 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5547 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5548 notably the ZY1000.
5549 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5550
5551 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5552
5553 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5554 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5555 the text file @file{filename}.
5556 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5557 The last string is followed by a newline.
5558 @end deffn
5559
5560 @deffn Command cat filename
5561 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5562 @end deffn
5563
5564 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5565 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5566 into @file{dest_filename}.
5567 @end deffn
5568
5569 @deffn Command ip
5570 @emph{No description provided.}
5571 @end deffn
5572
5573 @deffn Command ls
5574 @emph{No description provided.}
5575 @end deffn
5576
5577 @deffn Command mac
5578 @emph{No description provided.}
5579 @end deffn
5580
5581 @deffn Command meminfo
5582 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5583 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5584 @end deffn
5585
5586 @deffn Command peek
5587 @emph{No description provided.}
5588 @end deffn
5589
5590 @deffn Command poke
5591 @emph{No description provided.}
5592 @end deffn
5593
5594 @deffn Command rm filename
5595 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5596 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5597 @end deffn
5598
5599 @deffn Command trunc filename
5600 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5601 @end deffn
5602
5603 @anchor{Memory access}
5604 @section Memory access commands
5605 @cindex memory access
5606
5607 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5608 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5609 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5610 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5611
5612 @enumerate
5613 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5614 to change the current target.
5615 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5616 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5617 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5618 @end enumerate
5619
5620 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5621 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5622 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5623 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5624 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5625 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5626 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5627 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5628 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5629 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5630 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5631 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5632 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5633 @end deffn
5634
5635 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5636 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5637 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5638 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5639 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5640 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5641 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5642 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5643 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5644 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5645 @end deffn
5646
5647
5648 @anchor{Image access}
5649 @section Image loading commands
5650 @cindex image loading
5651 @cindex image dumping
5652
5653 @anchor{dump_image}
5654 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5655 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5656 binary file named @var{filename}.
5657 @end deffn
5658
5659 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5660 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5661 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5662 @end deffn
5663
5664 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5665 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5666 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5667 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5668 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5669 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5670 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5671 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5672 separately.
5673 @end deffn
5674
5675 @anchor{load_image}
5676 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5677 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5678 The file format may optionally be specified
5679 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf}).
5680 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5681 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5682 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5683 @example
5684 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5685 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5686 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5687 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5688 @}
5689 @end example
5690 @end deffn
5691
5692 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5693 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5694 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5695 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5696 The file format may optionally be specified
5697 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5698 @end deffn
5699
5700 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5701 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5702 The file format may optionally be specified
5703 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5704 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5705 @end deffn
5706
5707
5708 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5709 @cindex breakpoint
5710 @cindex watchpoint
5711
5712 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5713 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5714 watchpoints.
5715 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5716
5717 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5718 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5719 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5720 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5721 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5722 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5723
5724 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5725 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5726 @end deffn
5727
5728 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5729 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5730 @end deffn
5731
5732 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5733 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5734 @end deffn
5735
5736 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5737 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5738 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5739 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5740 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5741 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5742 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5743 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5744 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5745 @end deffn
5746
5747 @section Misc Commands
5748
5749 @cindex profiling
5750 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5751 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5752 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5753 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5754 @end deffn
5755
5756 @deffn Command {version}
5757 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5758 @end deffn
5759
5760 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5761 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5762 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5763 @end deffn
5764
5765 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5766 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5767 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5768 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5769
5770 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5771 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5772 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5773 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5774
5775 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5776 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5777 @cindex tracing
5778 @cindex ETM
5779 @cindex ETB
5780
5781 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5782 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5783 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5784
5785 @itemize
5786 @item
5787 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5788 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5789 supports such an interface.
5790 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5791 and trace port support.)
5792 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5793 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5794 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5795 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5796 in the board-specific configuration file.
5797 @item
5798 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5799 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5800 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5801 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5802 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5803 @end itemize
5804
5805 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5806
5807 @quotation Issues
5808 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5809 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5810
5811 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5812 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5813 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5814 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5815 dummy trace port driver}.
5816
5817 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5818 as well as tracing only during specific states
5819 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5820
5821 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5822 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5823 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5824 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5825 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5826
5827 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5828 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5829 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5830 this original style of JTAG access.
5831 @end quotation
5832
5833 @subsection ETM Configuration
5834 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5835
5836 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5837 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5838 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5839
5840 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5841 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5842 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5843 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5844 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5845 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5846 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5847 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5848 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5849
5850 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5851 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5852 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5853
5854 @quotation Warning
5855 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5856 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5857 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5858 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5859 @end quotation
5860
5861 @quotation Note
5862 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5863 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5864 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5865 what CPU activities are traced.
5866 @end quotation
5867 @end deffn
5868
5869 @deffn Command {etm info}
5870 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5871 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5872 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5873 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5874 @end deffn
5875
5876 @deffn Command {etm status}
5877 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5878 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5879 Did trace data overflow?
5880 Was it triggered?
5881 @end deffn
5882
5883 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5884 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5885 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5886 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5887 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5888
5889 @itemize
5890 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5891 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5892 The value is one of
5893 @option{none} (save nothing),
5894 @option{data} (save data),
5895 @option{address} (save addresses),
5896 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5897 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5898 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5899 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5900 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5901 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5902 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5903 trace stream without an image of the code.
5904 @end itemize
5905 @end deffn
5906
5907 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5908 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5909 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5910 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5911 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5912
5913 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5914 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5915 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5916 @end deffn
5917
5918 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5919
5920 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5921 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5922 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5923
5924 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5925 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5926 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5927 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5928 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5929 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5930 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5931
5932 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5933
5934 @itemize
5935 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5936 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5937 for instruction access within that function's body.
5938 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5939 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5940 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5941 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5942 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5943 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5944 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5945 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5946 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5947 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5948 @item @emph{... more}
5949 @end itemize
5950
5951 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5952 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5953
5954 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5955 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5956 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5957 @end deffn
5958
5959 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5960 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5961 @end deffn
5962
5963 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5964 Opens an image file.
5965 @end deffn
5966
5967 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5968 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5969 @end deffn
5970
5971 @deffn Command {etm start}
5972 Starts trace data collection.
5973 @end deffn
5974
5975 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5976 Stops trace data collection.
5977 @end deffn
5978
5979 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5980 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5981
5982 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5983
5984 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5985 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5986 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5987 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5988 any trace data collection.}
5989 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5990 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5991 @end deffn
5992 @end deffn
5993
5994 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5995 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5996 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5997 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5998 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5999 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6000 @end deffn
6001 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6002 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6003 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6004 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6005 trace trigger becomes active.
6006
6007 @itemize
6008 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6009 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6010 afterwards.
6011 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6012 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6013 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6014 what caused that event to happen.
6015 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6016 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6017 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6018 how the event caused trouble.
6019 @end itemize
6020 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6021 @end deffn
6022
6023 @end deffn
6024
6025 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6026 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6027 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6028 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6029 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6030
6031 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6032 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6033
6034 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6035 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6036 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6037 @end deffn
6038
6039 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6040 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6041 @end deffn
6042
6043 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6044 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6045 @end deffn
6046 @end deffn
6047
6048
6049 @section Generic ARM
6050 @cindex ARM
6051
6052 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6053 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6054 commands that may be available.
6055
6056 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6057 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6058 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6059 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6060 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6061 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6062 @end deffn
6063
6064 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6065 @cindex disassemble
6066 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6067 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6068 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6069 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6070 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6071 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6072 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6073
6074 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6075 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6076 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6077 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6078 with a handful of exceptions.
6079 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6080 @end deffn
6081
6082 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6083 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6084 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6085 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6086 and using the MCR instruction.
6087 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6088 an ARM register.)
6089 @end deffn
6090
6091 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6092 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6093 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6094 and the MRC instruction.
6095 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6096 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6097 an ARM register.)
6098 @end deffn
6099
6100 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6101 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6102 core mode if necessary.
6103 @end deffn
6104
6105 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6106 @cindex ARM semihosting
6107 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6108
6109 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6110 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6111 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6112 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6113 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6114 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6115 @end deffn
6116
6117 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6118 @cindex ARMv4
6119 @cindex ARMv5
6120
6121 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6122 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6123 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6124 variant.
6125
6126 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6127 @cindex ARM7
6128 @cindex ARM9
6129
6130 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6131 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6132 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6133 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6134
6135 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6136 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6137 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6138 instead of breakpoints.
6139 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6140
6141 This should be
6142 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6143 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6144 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6145 @end deffn
6146
6147 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6148 @cindex DCC
6149 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6150 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6151 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6152
6153 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6154 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6155 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6156 @end deffn
6157
6158 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6159 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6160 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6161 that don't check completion of the operation.
6162 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6163
6164 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6165 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6166 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6167 @end deffn
6168
6169 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6170 @cindex ARM720T
6171
6172 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6173 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6174 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6175 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6176
6177 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6178 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6179 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6180
6181 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6182 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6183 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6184 @end deffn
6185
6186 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6187 @cindex ARM9
6188
6189 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6190 integer processors.
6191 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6192
6193 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6194 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6195 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6196 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6197
6198 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6199 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6200 @cindex vector_catch
6201 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6202 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6203 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6204 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6205 to those hardware vectors.
6206
6207 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6208 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6209 vector catch hardware to intercept
6210 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6211 @option{none} of them,
6212 or a list with one or more of the following:
6213 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6214 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6215 @end deffn
6216
6217 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6218 @cindex ARM920T
6219
6220 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6221 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6222 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6223 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6224 and ARM9 commands.
6225
6226 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6227 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6228 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6229 @end deffn
6230
6231 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6232 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6233 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6234 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6235 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6236 (Not all registers can be written.)
6237 @end deffn
6238
6239 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6240 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6241 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6242
6243 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6244 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6245 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6246 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6247 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6248 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6249 @end deffn
6250
6251 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6252 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6253 @end deffn
6254
6255 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6256 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6257 @end deffn
6258
6259 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6260 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6261
6262 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6263 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6264 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6265 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6266 and ARM9 commands.
6267
6268 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6269 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6270
6271 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6272 Print information about the caches found.
6273 @end deffn
6274
6275 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6276 @cindex ARM966E
6277
6278 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6279 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6280 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6281 and ARM9 commands.
6282
6283 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6284 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6285 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6286 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6287 ARM966E-S TRM.
6288 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6289 as required for BIST support.
6290 @end deffn
6291
6292 @subsection XScale specific commands
6293 @cindex XScale
6294
6295 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6296
6297 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6298 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6299 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6300 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6301 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6302 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6303 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6304
6305 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6306 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6307 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6308 vector_table} command.
6309
6310 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6311 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6312 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6313 code layout in memory:
6314 @example
6315 _vectors:
6316 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6317 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6318 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6319 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6320 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6321 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6322 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6323 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6324 .org 0x100
6325 .long real_reset_vector
6326 .long real_ui_handler
6327 .long real_swi_handler
6328 .long real_pf_abort
6329 .long real_data_abort
6330 .long 0 /* unused */
6331 .long real_irq_handler
6332 .long real_fiq_handler
6333 @end example
6334
6335 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6336 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6337 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6338 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6339
6340
6341 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6342 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6343
6344 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6345 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6346 @end deffn
6347
6348 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6349 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6350 @end deffn
6351
6352 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6353 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6354 @end deffn
6355
6356 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6357 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6358 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6359 @end deffn
6360
6361 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6362 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6363 @end deffn
6364
6365 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6366 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6367 @end deffn
6368
6369 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6370 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6371 @end deffn
6372
6373 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6374 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6375 @end deffn
6376
6377 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6378 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6379 @end deffn
6380
6381 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6382 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6383 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6384 and modifying how it is emptied.
6385 @end deffn
6386
6387 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6388 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6389 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6390 The image @var{type} may be one of
6391 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6392 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6393 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6394 @end deffn
6395
6396 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6397 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6398 @cindex vector_catch
6399 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6400 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6401
6402 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6403 @example
6404 0x01 Trap Reset
6405 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6406 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6407 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6408 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6409 0x20 reserved
6410 0x40 Trap IRQ
6411 0x80 Trap FIQ
6412 @end example
6413 @end deffn
6414
6415 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6416 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6417 @cindex vector_table
6418
6419 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6420 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6421 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6422 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6423 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6424
6425 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6426
6427 @end deffn
6428
6429 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6430 @cindex ARMv6
6431
6432 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6433 @cindex ARM11
6434
6435 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6436 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6437 which is enabled by default.
6438 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6439 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6440 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6441 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6442 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6443 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6444 @end deffn
6445
6446 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6447 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6448 which is enabled by default.
6449 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6450 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6451 @end deffn
6452
6453 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6454 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6455 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6456 they are disabled by default.
6457 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6458 @end deffn
6459
6460 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6461 @cindex vector_catch
6462 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6463 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6464 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6465
6466 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6467 for certain hardware events.
6468 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6469 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6470 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6471 @end deffn
6472
6473 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6474 @cindex ARMv7
6475
6476 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6477 @cindex Debug Access Port
6478 @cindex DAP
6479 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6480 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6481 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6482
6483 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6484 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6485 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6486 @end deffn
6487
6488 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6489 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6490 @end deffn
6491
6492 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6493 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6494 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6495 @end deffn
6496
6497 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6498 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6499 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6500 @end deffn
6501
6502 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6503 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6504 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6505 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6506 @end deffn
6507
6508 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6509 @cindex Cortex-M3
6510
6511 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6512 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6513 @end deffn
6514
6515 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6516 @cindex vector_catch
6517 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6518 for certain hardware events.
6519
6520 Parameters request interception of
6521 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6522 @option{none} of them,
6523 or one or more of the following:
6524 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6525 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6526 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6527 @option{irq_err},
6528 @option{state_err},
6529 @option{chk_err}, or
6530 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6531 @option{reset}.
6532 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6533 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6534 are mapped to HardFault.
6535 UsageFault checks for
6536 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6537 must also be explicitly enabled.
6538
6539 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6540 @end deffn
6541
6542 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6543 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6544 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6545 @cindex tracing
6546 @cindex libdcc
6547 @cindex DCC
6548 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6549 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6550 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6551 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6552
6553 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6554 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6555 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6556 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6557 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6558 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6559
6560 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6561 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6562 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6563 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6564 The target being debugged may
6565 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6566 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6567 each supported by a command:
6568
6569 @itemize
6570 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6571 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6572 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6573 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6574
6575 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6576 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6577 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6578
6579 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6580 and then displayed at any time.
6581 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6582
6583 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6584 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6585 @end itemize
6586
6587 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6588 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6589 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6590 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6591 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6592 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6593 does the same thing.
6594
6595 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6596 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6597 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6598 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6599 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6600
6601 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6602 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6603 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6604 @end deffn
6605
6606 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6607 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6608 in the order they triggered.
6609 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6610 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6611 history records.
6612 @end deffn
6613
6614 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6615 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6616 they have been triggered.
6617 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6618 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6619 and associates it with that identifier.
6620
6621 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6622 are not related except by this command.
6623 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6624 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6625 @end deffn
6626
6627
6628 @node JTAG Commands
6629 @chapter JTAG Commands
6630 @cindex JTAG Commands
6631 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6632 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6633 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6634 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6635 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6636
6637 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6638 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6639
6640 @itemize @bullet
6641 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6642 devices such as a CPUs.
6643 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6644 standard state machine (in parallel)
6645 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6646 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6647 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6648 while the reading previous ones.
6649 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6650 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6651 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6652 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6653 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6654 registers.
6655 @end itemize
6656
6657 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6658
6659 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6660 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6661 the order of TAP state transitions.
6662 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6663 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6664 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6665 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6666 these commands are not available.
6667
6668 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6669 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6670 that specify the entire register.
6671 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6672 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6673 The return value holds the original value of each
6674 of those fields.
6675
6676 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6677 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6678 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6679 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6680 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6681
6682 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6683 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6684
6685 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6686 in that state.
6687 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6688 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6689 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6690
6691 @quotation Warning
6692 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6693 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6694 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6695 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6696 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6697 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6698 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6699 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6700 @end quotation
6701 @end deffn
6702
6703 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6704 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6705 This may be used for performance tuning.
6706
6707 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6708 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6709 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6710 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6711 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6712 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6713 @end deffn
6714
6715 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6716 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6717 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6718 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6719 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6720 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6721
6722 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6723 in that state.
6724 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6725 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6726 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6727
6728 @quotation Note
6729 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6730 register values, unlike data register values.
6731 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6732 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6733 @end quotation
6734 @end deffn
6735
6736 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6737 Set values of reset signals.
6738 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6739 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6740 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6741 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6742 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6743 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6744 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6745
6746 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6747 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6748 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6749 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6750 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6751 instead of the TRST signal.
6752 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6753 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6754 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6755 with handlers for that event.
6756 @end deffn
6757
6758 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6759 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6760 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6761 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6762 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6763 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6764 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6765 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6766 The final state must also be stable.
6767 @end deffn
6768
6769 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6770 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6771 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6772 Instructions often need some time
6773 to execute before they take effect.
6774 @end deffn
6775
6776 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6777 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6778
6779 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6780 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6781 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6782 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6783 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6784 @end deffn
6785
6786 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6787 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6788 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6789 must also be enabled.
6790 Default is enabled.
6791 @end deffn
6792
6793 @section TAP state names
6794 @cindex TAP state names
6795
6796 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6797 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6798 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6799 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6800
6801 @itemize @bullet
6802 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6803 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6804 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6805 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6806 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6807 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6808 through the data register
6809 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6810 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6811 for update or more shifting
6812 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6813 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6814 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6815 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6816 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6817 through the instruction register
6818 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6819 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6820 for update or more shifting
6821 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6822 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6823 @end itemize
6824
6825 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6826 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6827 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6828 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6829
6830 @itemize @bullet
6831 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6832 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6833 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6834 may not be as expected.
6835 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6836 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6837 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6838 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6839 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6840 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6841 @end itemize
6842
6843 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6844 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6845
6846 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6847 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6848 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6849 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6850
6851 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6852 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6853 @cindex SVF
6854
6855 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6856 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6857 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6858 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6859
6860 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6861 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6862 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6863 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6864 each command is logged before it is executed.
6865 @end deffn
6866
6867 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6868 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6869 @cindex XSVF
6870
6871 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6872 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6873 Xilinx devices.
6874 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6875 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6876
6877 @quotation Important
6878 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6879 @end quotation
6880
6881 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6882 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6883 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6884 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6885 that TAP.
6886 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6887 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6888 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6889 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6890 @end deffn
6891
6892 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6893 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6894 after building the software.
6895 You may find them useful:
6896
6897 @itemize
6898 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6899 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6900 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6901 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6902 @end itemize
6903
6904 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6905 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6906 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6907 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6908 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6909 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6910 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6911
6912
6913 @node TFTP
6914 @chapter TFTP
6915 @cindex TFTP
6916 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6917 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6918
6919 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6920 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6921 server (tftpd). For example,
6922
6923 @example
6924 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6925 @end example
6926
6927 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6928 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6929
6930 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6931 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6932 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6933 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6934
6935 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6936 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6937 @cindex GDB
6938 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6939 to debug remote targets.
6940 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6941
6942 @itemize
6943 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6944 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6945 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6946 as shown in this chapter.
6947 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6948 that also will probably need to be configured.
6949 @end itemize
6950
6951 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6952 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6953 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6954 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6955 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6956 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6957
6958 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6959 @section Connecting to GDB
6960 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6961 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6962 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6963 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6964 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6965
6966 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6967
6968 @enumerate
6969 @item
6970 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6971 @example
6972 target remote localhost:3333
6973 @end example
6974 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6975 @item
6976 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6977 @example
6978 target remote | openocd --pipe
6979 @end example
6980 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6981 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6982 session.
6983 @end enumerate
6984
6985 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6986 GDB command line.
6987
6988 @section Sample GDB session startup
6989
6990 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6991 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6992 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6993 small ARM program.
6994 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6995 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6996
6997 @example
6998 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6999 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7000 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7001 ...
7002 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7003 ...
7004 (gdb) load
7005 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7006 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7007 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7008 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7009 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7010 (gdb) continue
7011 Continuing.
7012 ...
7013 @end example
7014
7015 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7016 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7017 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7018 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7019
7020 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7021
7022 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7023 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7024 packet size and the device's memory map.
7025 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7026 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7027 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7028
7029 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7030 You may need to set those up by hand.
7031 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7032 something like:
7033
7034 @example
7035 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7036 @end example
7037
7038 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7039
7040 @example
7041 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7042 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7043 @end example
7044
7045 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7046 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7047 do not have such restrictions.
7048
7049 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7050 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7051 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7052
7053 @example
7054 define hook-step
7055 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7056 end
7057 define hookpost-step
7058 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7059 end
7060 @end example
7061
7062 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7063 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7064 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7065 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7066
7067 @section Programming using GDB
7068 @cindex Programming using GDB
7069
7070 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7071 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7072 @example
7073 gdb_memory_map disable
7074 @end example
7075 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7076 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7077 working area.
7078
7079 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7080 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7081 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7082 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7083
7084 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7085 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7086
7087 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7088 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7089 @example
7090 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7091 @end example
7092
7093 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7094 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7095
7096 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7097 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7098 will be used.
7099
7100 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7101 script can be executed:
7102 @example
7103 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7104 @end example
7105
7106 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7107 can be used.
7108
7109 @node Tcl Scripting API
7110 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7111 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7112 @cindex Tcl scripts
7113 @section API rules
7114
7115 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7116 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7117 information as an argument to each proc.
7118
7119 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7120 pair list and lists.
7121
7122 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7123 list.
7124
7125 @verbatim
7126
7127 > set foo(me) Duane
7128 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7129 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7130 > set foo(duck) Donald
7131
7132 If one does this:
7133
7134 > set foo
7135
7136 The result is:
7137
7138 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7139
7140 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7141
7142 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7143 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7144 }
7145 @end verbatim
7146
7147 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7148 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7149
7150 @section Internal low-level Commands
7151
7152 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7153
7154 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7155 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7156 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7157
7158 @itemize @bullet
7159 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7160
7161 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7162 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7163
7164 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7165 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7166
7167 Return information about the flash banks
7168 @end itemize
7169
7170 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7171 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7172 called "flash_banks".
7173
7174 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7175
7176 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7177 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7178 holds one of the following values:
7179
7180 @itemize @bullet
7181 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7182 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7183 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7184 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7185 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7186 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7187 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7188 @end itemize
7189
7190 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7191
7192 @quotation Note
7193 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7194 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7195 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7196 is jim, not real tcl).
7197 @end quotation
7198
7199 @node FAQ
7200 @chapter FAQ
7201 @cindex faq
7202 @enumerate
7203 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7204 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7205 @cindex RTCK
7206 @cindex adaptive clocking
7207 @*
7208
7209 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7210 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7211 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7212 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7213
7214 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7215 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7216 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7217 @enumerate
7218 @item
7219 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7220 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7221 @item
7222 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7223 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7224 @end enumerate
7225
7226 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7227 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7228 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7229 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7230 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7231 power).
7232
7233 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7234 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7235 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7236 ARM926 scenario).
7237 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7238 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7239 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7240
7241 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7242 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7243 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7244 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7245
7246 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7247
7248 In order to make use of this,
7249 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7250 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7251
7252 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7253 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7254 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7255 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7256 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7257
7258 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7259 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7260 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7261 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7262
7263 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7264 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7265 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7266 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7267 with a CPLD.
7268 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7269 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7270 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7271 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7272 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7273 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7274
7275 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7276
7277 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7278
7279 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7280 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7281 depending on the chips on your board.
7282 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7283 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7284 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7285
7286 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7287 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7288 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7289
7290 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7291 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7292 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7293 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7294
7295 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7296 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7297 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7298 this way.
7299
7300 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7301 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7302 clock rate.
7303 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7304 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7305 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7306
7307 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7308
7309 @example
7310 # Example: 1.234MHz
7311 adapter_khz 1234
7312 @end example
7313
7314
7315 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7316
7317 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7318 around Windows filenames.
7319
7320 @example
7321 > echo \a
7322
7323 > echo @{\a@}
7324 \a
7325 > echo "\a"
7326
7327 >
7328 @end example
7329
7330
7331 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7332
7333 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7334 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7335 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7336
7337 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7338 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7339 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7340
7341 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7342 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7343 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7344
7345 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7346
7347 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7348 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7349 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7350 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7351
7352 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7353 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7354 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7355
7356 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7357 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7358
7359 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7360 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7361 memory read caused data abort".
7362
7363 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7364 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7365 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7366 be done, feel free to add this here.
7367
7368 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7369 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7370 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7371 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7372 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7373 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7374 gracefully stops.
7375
7376 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7377 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7378 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7379
7380 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7381 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7382 bytes. Painful...
7383
7384
7385 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7386 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7387
7388 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7389 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7390 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7391 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7392 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7393 reset, everything else should work fine.
7394
7395 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7396 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7397 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7398 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7399
7400 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7401 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7402 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7403 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7404
7405 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7406
7407 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7408 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7409 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7410 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7411
7412 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7413 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7414 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7415 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7416
7417 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7418 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7419 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7420
7421 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7422 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7423
7424 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7425 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7426 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7427 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7428 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7429 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7430 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7431 clock frequency?
7432
7433 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7434 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7435 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7436 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7437 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7438
7439 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7440
7441 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7442 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7443 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7444 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7445 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7446 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7447 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7448
7449 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7450
7451 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7452 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7453 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7454 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7455
7456 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7457 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7458 particular order?
7459
7460 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7461 the same order used by the hardware.
7462
7463 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7464 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7465 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7466 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7467 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7468 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7469
7470 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7471 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7472 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7473 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7474
7475 @itemize @bullet
7476 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7477 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7478 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7479 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7480 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7481 @end itemize
7482
7483 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7484
7485 @itemize @bullet
7486 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7487 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7488 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7489 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7490 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7491 @end itemize
7492
7493
7494 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7495 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7496 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7497
7498 TODO.
7499
7500 @end enumerate
7501
7502 @node Tcl Crash Course
7503 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7504 @cindex Tcl
7505
7506 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7507 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7508 how the Tcl scripts work.
7509
7510 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7511 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7512 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7513 OpenOCD.
7514
7515 @section Tcl Rule #1
7516 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7517 @enumerate
7518 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7519 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7520 @end enumerate
7521
7522 The Tcl equal is this:
7523
7524 @enumerate
7525 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7526 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7527 @end enumerate
7528
7529 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7530 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7531
7532 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7533 There is a second pair of rules.
7534 @enumerate
7535 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7536 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7537 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7538 in Tcl.
7539 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7540 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7541 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7542 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7543 @end enumerate
7544
7545 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7546 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7547 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7548 Everything is a string}
7549
7550 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7551 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7552 difference is subtle.
7553 @enumerate
7554 @item Parse Time
7555 @item Evaluation Time
7556 @end enumerate
7557
7558 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7559 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7560 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7561
7562 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7563 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7564 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7565 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7566
7567 @itemize @bullet
7568 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7569 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7570 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7571 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7572 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7573 @example
7574 # bash example
7575 X=`date`
7576 echo "The Date is: $X"
7577 # Tcl example
7578 set X [date]
7579 puts "The Date is: $X"
7580 @end example
7581 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7582 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7583 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7584 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7585 is a string}
7586 @example
7587 set x "Dinner"
7588 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7589 @end example
7590 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7591 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7592 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7593 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7594 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7595 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7596 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7597 @end itemize
7598
7599 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7600
7601 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7602
7603 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7604
7605 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7606 the normal way.
7607
7608 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7609 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7610 line is immedatly executed.
7611
7612 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7613 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7614
7615 @subsection Command Execution
7616
7617 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7618 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7619 control flow operators.
7620
7621 Commands are executed like this:
7622
7623 @enumerate
7624 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7625 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7626 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7627 @end enumerate
7628
7629 It sort of works like this:
7630 @example
7631 for(;;)@{
7632 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7633
7634 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7635
7636 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7637 @}
7638 @end example
7639
7640 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7641 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7642 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7643 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7644 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7645 ``LookupCommand()''
7646
7647 @subsection The FOR command
7648
7649 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7650 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7651 command just like any other command.
7652
7653 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7654 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7655 are:
7656
7657 @enumerate 0
7658 @item The ascii text 'for'
7659 @item The start text
7660 @item The test expression
7661 @item The next text
7662 @item The body text
7663 @end enumerate
7664
7665 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7666 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7667 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7668 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7669
7670 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7671 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7672
7673 @example
7674 int
7675 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7676 int *argc,
7677 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7678 @end example
7679
7680 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7681 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7682 still operates in the same basic way.
7683
7684 @subsection FOR command implementation
7685
7686 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7687 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7688
7689 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7690
7691 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7692
7693 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7694 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7695 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7696
7697 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7698 expression and returns a value.
7699
7700 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7701 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7702 @example
7703 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7704
7705 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7706
7707 int
7708 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7709 int argc,
7710 char **argv )
7711 @{
7712 if( argc != 5 )@{
7713 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7714 return ERROR;
7715 @}
7716
7717 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7718
7719 // Execute the start statement.
7720 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7721
7722 // Top of loop test
7723 for(;;)@{
7724 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7725 if( i == 0 )
7726 break;
7727
7728 // Execute the body
7729 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7730
7731 // Execute the LOOP part
7732 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7733 @}
7734
7735 // Return no error
7736 SetResult( interp, "" );
7737 return SUCCESS;
7738 @}
7739 @end example
7740
7741 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7742 in the same basic way.
7743
7744 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7745
7746 @subsection source and find commands
7747 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7748 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7749 @*Remember the parsing rules
7750 @enumerate
7751 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7752 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7753 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7754 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7755 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7756 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7757 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7758 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7759 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7760 @end enumerate
7761 @subsection format command
7762 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7763 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7764 @b{sprintf()}.
7765 @b{Example}
7766 @example
7767 set x 6
7768 set y 7
7769 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7770 @end example
7771 @enumerate
7772 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7773 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7774 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7775 @* Refer to Rule #1
7776 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7777 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7778 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7779 @end enumerate
7780 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7781 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7782 @example
7783 #1 Good
7784 proc someproc @{@} @{
7785 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7786 @}
7787 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7788 #2 Good - no variables
7789 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7790 #3 Good Curly Braces
7791 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7792 puts "Time: [date]"
7793 @}
7794 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7795 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7796 @end example
7797 @enumerate
7798 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7799 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7800 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7801 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7802 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7803 command.
7804 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7805 @*There are 4 examples:
7806 @enumerate
7807 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7808 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7809 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7810 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7811 @end enumerate
7812
7813 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7814 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7815 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7816
7817 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7818 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7819 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7820 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7821 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7822 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7823 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7824 @end enumerate
7825 @subsection Global Variables
7826 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7827 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7828 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7829 @example
7830 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7831 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7832 global x #Global variable X
7833 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7834 @}
7835 @end example
7836 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7837 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7838 @example
7839 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7840 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7841 # Create var name
7842 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7843 # Make it a global
7844 global $vn
7845 # Set it.
7846 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7847 @}
7848 @end example
7849 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7850 @example
7851 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7852 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7853 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7854 @}
7855 @end example
7856
7857 @include fdl.texi
7858
7859 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7860 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7861 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7862 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7863 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7864 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7865
7866 @printindex cp
7867
7868 @node Command and Driver Index
7869 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7870 @printindex fn
7871
7872 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)